ENGLISH GRAMMAR by akbar sadat

Source :www.EnglishClub.com Translator :F.Kargaran (Farhad-Kargaran@yahoo.com) Editor :M.Alikhani (Bidar1226@gmail.com)

www.ParsBook.org

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬:‫ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ‬ 6 ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ 6 ..................................................................................................Active Voice and Passive Voice :1 ‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬ 6 .......................................................................................................................................................................... Active voice

7 ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... Passive voice x 8 ............................................................................................. (Verbs Main )‫( ﻭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬Verbs Helping)‫ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬:2‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬ 9 ................................................................................................................................................................... (Helping Verbs) ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬ 9 ...................................................................................... (Primary Helping Verbs) ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬o 10 ........................................................................................................ (Modal Helping Verbs) ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ‬o

12 12 12 13 13 13 14

....................................................................... (Dynamic and Stative Verbs) ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ‬

o ...................................................................... (Regular and irregular verbs) ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ‬o ........................................................................................................................... (Linking Verbs ) ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻱ‬ ................................................................................................ (Intransitive) ‫( ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ‬Transitive) ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ‬o ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ‬ ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻲﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ‬

‫ ﺷﺮﻁ‬:‫ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ 20 20 21 22 23 23

.......................................................................................................................................................................................................... (Conditionals) ‫ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ‬ ................................................................................................................................................................................... (First Conditional) ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ‬ ...................................................................................................................................................................... (Second Conditional) ‫ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ‬ ............................................................................................................................................................................ (Third Conditional) ‫ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ‬ ..................................................................................................................................................................................... (Conditional Zero) ‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﺻﻔﺮ‬ .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ‬

‫ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬:‫ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ‬ 24 .............................................................................................................. (Basic Question Structure) ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬ 24 ..................................................................................................................................................... (Basic Question Types) ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬

going to :‫ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬ 26 26 26 27

...................................................................................................................................................................................... (Intention) ‫ﻗﺼﺪ‬ ....................................................................................................................................................................... (Prediction) ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬ ............................................................................. (Present Simple for schedule) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬ ..................................................................... (Present continuous for plan) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬ 27 .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. ‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ‬

‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬:‫ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬ 28 ........................................................................................................................................................................ (Gerunds) ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬ 28.. (Gerunds as Subject, Object or Complement) ‫ ﺷﻲء ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬،‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬

www.ParsBook.org

‫‪3‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ )‪28 .............................................................................. (Gerunds after Prepositions‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ) ‪29 ................................................................................. (Gerunds after certain verbs‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‪30 ............................................................................... (Gerunds in Passive sense) .‬‬

‫ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ )ﺑﻪ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻋﺎﻣﻬﺎﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ )‪....................................................................................... ((Phrasal Verbs‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ )‪........................................................................................................................................................ (Phrasal Verbs‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺟﺪﺍﺷﺪﻧﻲ )‪....................................................................................................... (Separable Phrasal Verbs‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ )‪.......................................................................................................................................... (Prepositional Verbs‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ‪ -‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ )‪.................................................................................................. (Prepositional Verbs-Phrasal‬‬

‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪33‬‬

‫ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬

‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ)‪(past‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪34 ............................................................................................................ (Continuous Tense Past‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪34 ...............................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪34 ..........................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪36 .................................................................. (Past Perfect Continuous Tense‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪36 ...........................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪37 ........................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪37 ............................................................................................................................... (Past Perfect Tense‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ‪37 ........................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪38 ..........................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )‪39 ............................................................................................................................... (Simple Past Tense‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ‪39 ........................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪40 ..........................................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ)‪(present‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ) ‪42 .................................................................................................... (Present Continuous Tense‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪42 ....................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫ﭼﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪42 ................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪ ing‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺠﻲ )‪ (Spell‬ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪43 ......................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ) ‪44 ..................................................................... (Perfect Continuous Tense Present‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪44 .............................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪45 ..............................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ) ‪45 ........................................................................................................................ (Present Perfect Tense‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ‪45 .............................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫ﻛﻲ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪47 ..........................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ For x‬ﻭ ‪ Since‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪49 ..........................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )‪49 ........................................................................................................................... (Simple Present Tense‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪49 .................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ‪49 ..................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ)‪(future‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪52 ........................................................................................................... (Future Continuous Tense‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪52 ....................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪53 .......................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪53 ........................................................................... (Future Perfect Continuous Tense‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪53 .........................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪54 .............................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪54 ............................................................................................................................... (Future Perfect Tense‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ‪54 ............................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪55 .................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )‪55 ................................................................................................................................ (Simple Future Tense‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ‪55 .............................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪56 ..................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢﻫﺎ ‪58 ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪58 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎ )‪58 .......................................................................................................................................... (Noun Endings‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎ )‪58 ..................................................................................................... (Position in Sentence‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ )‪59 ....................................................................................................................................................... (Functions‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺍ )‪59 ..................................................... (Countable Nouns, Uncountable Nouns‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺍ ‪59 .................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺍ ‪60 ................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪61 ............................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ )‪61 ........................................................................................................................................... (Proper Nouns‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ‪61 ..................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ‪62 ...................................................................................................................................................... The‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺎ ‪63 ........................................................................................................................................................... The‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ )ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ(‪64 .................................... .(Possessive 's) .‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ )ﻧﺎﻡ ﻫﺎ( ‪64 ...........................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﺪﻩ ‪65 ..................................................................................................................‬‬

‫ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎ ) ‪66 ............................................................................................................................................................................. ( Adjectives‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )‪66 ................................................................................................................................. (Determiners‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ An،A‬ﻭﻳﺎ ‪66 ................................................................................................................................................ The‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫‪ Each‬ﻭ ‪67 ..................................................................................................................................................................... Every‬‬

‫‪ Some x‬ﻭ ‪68 ............................................................................................................................................................................ Any‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ )‪69 ..................................................................................................................................................... (Adjective orders‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ‪69 ...................................................................................................... (Adjective before nouns) :‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ) ‪70 ......................................................................................... (verbs Adjective after certain‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ )‪70 ....................................................................................................................... (Comparative Adjectives‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪71 .............................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﻃﺮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪71 ..........................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ )‪72 ....................................................................................................................................... (Superlative Adjectives‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ‪72 .............................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ‪73 ..........................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻫﻢ‪ :‬ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮﻫﺎ )‪75 ............................................................................................................................................................................ (Pronouns‬‬ ‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ )‪75 ............................................................................................................................... (Personal Pronouns‬‬

‫ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ‪ :‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ‪77 .......................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﻌﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪78................................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪78............................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪78 .............................................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ be‬ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪79 .........................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:1‬ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ‪Stop! :‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪ Action word‬ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ run ،fight :‬ﻭ ‪work‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪ State word‬ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪belong ، seem ، exist ،be :‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﺭ( ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪John speaks English .‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ‪ John‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ)‪ (subject‬ﻭ ‪ speaks‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Action: Renaldo plays football.‬‬ ‫‪State :Owen seems kind.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ) ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺪ ﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻭ ‪ (...‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊ) ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ‪ ( s‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪) to work‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ( ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪to work , work , worked , works , working‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪1‬‬ ‫‪Active Voice and Passive Voice:‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ‪ voice‬ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Active voice x‬‬ ‫‪Passive voice x‬‬

‫‪Active Voice:-1‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ active voice‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ )‪ (subject‬ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺷﻲء ﻳﺎ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ )‪ (object‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Cat eats fish.‬‬ ‫‪cat :Subject or Active object.‬‬ ‫‪eats : Verb‬‬ ‫‪fish :Passive object‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﮔﺮﺑﻪ)ﻓﺎﻋﻞ( ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ )ﺷﻲء( ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬.‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﻲء ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬Passive voice ‫ﺩﺭ‬ :‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬ Fish are eaten by cats. Fish :Subject or Active object are :Auxiliary Verb eaten :main verb (past participle) by ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ cat :Passive object or Active subject .‫ ﺷﻴﺌﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬Active object : ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬

Passive voice :2 : ‫ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬Passive voice ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ‬ Subject +Auxiliary verb (be) + main verb (past participle) .‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬helping verb ‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬auxiliary verb ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ‬ : ‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ‬ ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺩﻭ‬be ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ ) ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ‬be ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ‬ : ‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‬ make continuous tense -1 make the passive -2 : ‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ‬ ‫ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ‬-1 (‫ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ) ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻲء ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻲءﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬-2 :‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬ subject Water 100 people I We Are

auxiliary verb (to be) is are am are they

main verb (past participle) drunk employed paid not paid paid

by everyone. by this company. in euro. in dollars. in yen?

: ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬Passive voice ‫ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺯ‬ .‫ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‬Subject ‫ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬Active object ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬x .‫ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ‬Passive object ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬x : ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬ subject verb ‫ ﻳﺎ‬Active Object ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬President Kennedy was killed .‫ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‬President Kennedy .‫ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ‬Passive object ‫ ﻣﺎ‬My wallet

object by Lee Harvey Oswald.

has been stolen. ?

: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬

www.ParsBook.org

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ‬by ‫ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻐﺖ‬Passive object ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ‬ :‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ He was killed with a gun. ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻳﻢ؟‬by ‫ﭼﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻔﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬Active subject ‫ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬Passive object ‫ ﻧﻘﺶ‬gun ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬ : ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬.‫ﺗﻔﻨﮓ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺗﻔﻨﮓ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ He was killed by somebody with a gun. :Passive voice ‫ﺻﺮﻑ‬ infinitive simple

present past future conditional continuous present past future conditional perfect simple present past future conditional perfect continuous present past future conditional

to be washed It is washed. It was washed. It will be washed. It would be washed. It is being washed. It was being washed. It will be being washed. It would be being washed. It has been washed. It had been washed. It will have been washed. It would have been washed. It has been being washed. It had been being washed. It will have been being washed. It would have been being washed.

2 ‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬ (Main Verbs)‫( ﻭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬Helping Verbs)‫ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬ :‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ (Helping Verbs) ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬ (Main verbs) ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬

:‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬ :‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‬ I can . People must . The Earth will .

www.ParsBook.org

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:1‬ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫‪9‬‬

‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ؟ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﻴﻠﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻔﺎ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻼﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 15‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I teach .‬‬ ‫‪People eat .‬‬ ‫‪The Earth rotates .‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺒﺎﺭ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ؟ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ ﺑﻠﻲ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﻴﻠﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪coffee.‬‬ ‫‪to me.‬‬ ‫‪happy.‬‬ ‫‪now.‬‬ ‫‪any.‬‬

‫‪main verb‬‬ ‫‪likes‬‬ ‫‪lied‬‬ ‫‪are‬‬ ‫‪playing.‬‬ ‫‪go‬‬ ‫‪want‬‬

‫‪helping verb‬‬

‫‪not‬‬

‫‪are‬‬ ‫‪must‬‬ ‫‪do‬‬

‫‪John‬‬ ‫‪You‬‬ ‫‪They‬‬ ‫‪The children‬‬ ‫‪We‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ )‪: (Helping Verbs‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 15‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ )‪(Primary Helping Verbs‬‬ ‫‪ be -1‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ )‪ is ,am‬ﻭ ‪.(are‬‬ ‫‪ to make continuous tense‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪)He is watching TV.‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ watching‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ(‬ ‫‪ to make the passive‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺶ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Small fishes are eaten by big fishes.‬‬ ‫‪:Have -2‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:1‬ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫‪ to make perfect tenses‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪) I have finished my homework.‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ finished‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ(‬ ‫‪: Do -3‬‬ ‫‪ to make negatives‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪I don't like you. :‬‬ ‫‪ To make questions‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻥ ‪Do you want some coffee ? :‬‬ ‫‪ to show emphasis‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ‪I do want you to pass your exam . :‬‬ ‫‪ to stand for main verbs in some constructions‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ‪He speaks faster than she does. :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ )‪(Modal Helping Verbs‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪can, could‬‬ ‫‪may, might‬‬ ‫‪will, would‬‬ ‫‪shall, should‬‬ ‫‪must‬‬ ‫‪ought to‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I can't speak Chinese.‬‬ ‫‪John may arrive late.‬‬ ‫?‪Would you like a cup of coffee‬‬ ‫‪You should see a doctor.‬‬ ‫‪I really must go now.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪need‬‬ ‫‪dare‬‬ ‫‪used to‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ) ‪ (semi -modal verbs‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮔﺎﻫﺎ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ x‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ‪ Can‬ﭼﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Subject +can +main verb‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪She can drive a car.‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪11‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:1‬ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Can you put the TV on.‬‬ ‫!‪Can you be quiet‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ‪:‬‬ ‫? ‪Can I smoke in this room‬‬ ‫‪you can smoke in the room.‬‬ ‫‪ x‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ‪ Could‬ﭼﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Subject +could + main verb‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I could swim when I was 5 years old.‬‬ ‫‪My grandmother could speak seven languages.‬‬ ‫?‪Could you understand what he was saying‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ‪ could‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﺆﺩﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪can‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫?‪Could you tell me where the bank is, Please‬‬ ‫?‪Could you send me a catalogue, please‬‬ ‫‪ x‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ Have to‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺷﻬﻮﺩﻱ(‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Children have to go to school.‬‬ ‫‪In France, you have to drive on the right.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪subject + auxiliary verb +have +infinitive (with to‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I do not have to see a doctor.‬‬ ‫‪I have to see a doctor.‬‬ ‫‪I do have to see a doctor.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺩﻛﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ x‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ‪ Must‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ) :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺫﻫﻨﻲ(‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺫﻫﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪ Have to‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪subject +must +main verb‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪You must visit us soon.‬‬ ‫‪I must call my mother tomorrow.‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪12‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:1‬ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ‪ Must not‬ﻳﺎ ‪ Mustn't‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻋﻴﺖ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪subject +must not +main verb‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Passengers must not talk to the driver.‬‬ ‫‪Policeman mustn't drink on duty.‬‬ ‫)‪Visitors must not smoke .(present‬‬ ‫)‪I mustn't forget Tara's Birthday.(future‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ‪ must not‬ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I couldn't park outside the parking.‬‬ ‫‪We were not allowed to enter.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ )‪: (Main Verbs‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ) ﺑﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ(‪ .‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ )‪ (Transitive‬ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ )‪: (Intransitive‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻲء ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪.speak‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Transitive:‬‬ ‫‪I saw an elephant.‬‬ ‫‪We are watching TV.‬‬ ‫‪He speaks English.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻲءﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻧﺎﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ an elephant‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ، I saw :‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ؟ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ see‬ﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ I see :‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﻴﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Intransitive:‬‬ ‫‪He has arrived.‬‬ ‫‪John goes to school.‬‬ ‫‪She speaks fast.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ John goes to school‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ‪ goes‬ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪school‬‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ‪ to school‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﻳﻢ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ John goes :‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ goes‬ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻱ ) ‪: (Linking Verbs‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

Mary is a Teacher .(Mary =Teacher) Tara is beautiful .(Tara =Beautiful) The sky became dark (Sky > dark) : (Dynamic and Stative Verbs) ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ‬-3 ‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‬ ‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬.‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬.‫ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‬continuous tense ‫ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ‬،‫ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‬continuous tense ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ‬ .‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ hit ,fight ,run : ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ‬ like, love, impress, hear, appear : ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ‬ : (Regular and irregular verbs) ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ‬-4 ‫( ﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ‬past tense) ‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫" ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ‬ed" ‫( ﺑﺎ‬past participle) ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬ .‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬ : (Regular Verbs) ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ‬ :‫ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬600 ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ‬ x x x x x x x x

accept add admire admit advise afford agree alert

x x x x x x x x

allow amuse analyze announce annoy answer apologize appear

x x x x x x x x

applaud appreciate approve argue arrange arrest arrive ask

x x x x x x

attach attack attempt attend attract avoid

x x x x x x x x x x

back bake balance ban bang bare bat bathe battle beam

x x x x x x x x x x

beg behave belong bleach bless blind blink blot blush boast

x x x x x x x x x x

boil bolt bomb book bore borrow bounce bow box brake

x x x x x x x x x x

brake branch breathe bruise brush bubble bump burn bury buzz

x x x x x x x

calculate call camp care carry carve cause

x x x x x x x

choke chop claim clap clean clear clip

x x x x x x x

compare compete complain complete concentrate concern confess

www.ParsBook.org

x x x x x x x

cough count cover crack crash crawl cross

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

x x x x x x x x

challenge change charge chase cheat check cheer chew

x x x x x x x x

close coach coil collect colour comb command communicate

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x

dam damage dance dare decay deceive decide decorate delay delight

x x x x x x x x x x

deliver depend describe desert deserve destroy detect develop disagree disappear

x x x x x x x x x x

disapprove disarm discover dislike divide double doubt drag drain dream

x x x x x x x

dress drip drop drown drum dry dust

x x x x x x

earn educate embarrass employ empty encourage

x x x x x x

end enjoy enter entertain escape examine

x x x x x x

excite excuse exercise exist expand expect

x x x

explain explode extend

x x x x x x x x

face fade fail fancy fasten fax fear fence

x x x x x x x x

fetch file fill film fire fit fix flap

x x x x x x x x

flash float flood flow flower fold follow fool

x x x x x x

force form found frame frighten fry

x x x x

gather gaze glow glue

x x x x

grab grate grease greet

x x x x

grin grip groan guarantee

x x x

guard guess guide

x x x x x x

hammer hand handle hang happen harass

x x x x x x

harm hate haunt head heal heap

x x x x x x

heat help hook hop hope hover

x x x x

hug hum hunt hurry

identify

increase

intend

invite

confuse connect consider consist contain continue copy correct

www.ParsBook.org

x x x x x x

crush cry cure curl curve cycle

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

x x x x x

ignore imagine impress improve include

x x x x x

influence inform inject injure instruct

x x x x x

interest interfere interrupt introduce invent

x x

irritate itch

x x

jail jam

x x

jog join

x x

joke judge

x x

juggle jump

x x

kick kill

x x

kiss kneel

x x

knit knock

knot

x x x x x

label land last laugh launch

x x x x x

learn level license lick lie

x x x x x

lighten like list listen live

x x x x x

load lock long look love

x x x x x x x

man manage march mark marry match mate

x x x x x x x

matter measure meddle melt memorize mend mess up

x x x x x x x

milk mine miss mix moan moor mourn

x x x x x

move muddle mug multiply murder

x x

nail name

x x

need nest

x x

nod note

x x

notice number

x x x

obey object observe

x x x

obtain occur offend

x x x

offer open order

x x x

overflow owe own

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

pack paddle paint park part pass paste pat pause peck pedal peel peep perform

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

permit phone pick pinch pine place plan plant play please plug point poke polish

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

pop possess post pour practice pray preach precede prefer prepare present preserve press pretend

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

prevent prick print produce program promise protect provide pull pump punch puncture punish push

www.ParsBook.org

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

question

queue

x x x x x x x x x x x

race radiate rain raise reach realize receive recognize record reduce reflect

x x x x x x x x x x x

refuse regret reign reject rejoice relax release rely remain remember remind

x x x x x x x x x x x

remove repair repeat replace reply report reproduce request rescue retire return

x x x x x x x x x x x

rhyme rinse risk rob rock roll rot rub ruin rule rush

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

sack sail satisfy save saw scare scatter scold scorch scrape scratch scream screw scribble scrub seal search separate serve settle shade share shave shelter

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

shiver shock shop shrug sigh sign signal sin sip ski skip slap slip slow smash smell smile smoke snatch sneeze sniff snore snow soak

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

soothe sound spare spark sparkle spell spill spoil spot spray sprout squash squeak squeal squeeze stain stamp stare start stay steer step stir stitch

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

stop store strap strengthen stretch strip stroke stuff subtract succeed suck suffer suggest suit supply support suppose surprise surround suspect suspend switch

x x x x x x x x x x

talk tame tap taste tease telephone tempt terrify test thank

x x x x x x x x x x

thaw tick tickle tie time tip tire touch tour tow

x x x x x x x x x x

trace trade train transport trap travel treat tremble trick trip

x x x x x x x x x

trot trouble trust try tug tumble turn twist type

www.ParsBook.org

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

x x

undress unfasten

x x

unite unlock

vanish

visit

x x x x x x x x

wail wait walk wander want warm warn wash

x x x x x x x x

waste watch water wave weigh welcome whine whip

x-ray

yawn

yell

zip

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

x x

unpack untidy

use

x x x x x x x x

whirl whisper whistle wink wipe wish wobble wonder

x x x x x x

work worry wrap wreck wrestle wriggle

zoom

: (Irregular Verbs) ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ‬ : ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Base Form

Past Simple

Past Participle broadcast

broadcast

awake

awoke

awoken

build

built

was, were

been

burn

burned/burnt

beat

beaten

buy

bought

become

became

become

catch

caught

begin

began

begun

choose

chose

chosen

bend

bent

come

came

come

bet

cost

bid

cut

bite

bit

bitten

dig

dug

blow

blew

blown

did

done

break

broke

broken

draw

drew

drawn

brought

dream

dreamed/dreamt

bring

brought

www.ParsBook.org

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

drive

drove

driven

let

drink

drank

drunk

lie

lay

lain

eat

ate

eaten

lose

lost

fall

fell

fallen

make

made

feel

felt

mean

meant

fight

fought

meet

met

find

found

pay

paid

fly

flew

flown

put

forget

forgot

forgotten

read

forgive

forgave

forgiven

ride

rode

ridden

freeze

froze

frozen

ring

rang

rung

get

got

gotten

rise

rose

risen

give

gave

given

run

ran

run

went

gone

say

said

grow

grew

grown

see

saw

seen

hang

hung

sell

sold

have

had

send

sent

hear

heard

show

showed

showed/shown

hide

hid

hidden

shut

hit

sing

sang

sung

hold

held

sit

sat

hurt

sleep

slept

keep

kept

speak

spoke

spoken

know

knew

known

spend

spent

lay

laid

stand

stood

lead

led

swim

swam

swum

learn

learned/learnt

take

took

taken

leave

left

teach

taught

lend

lent

tear

tore

torn

www.ParsBook.org

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

tell

told

wake

woke

woken

think

thought

wear

wore

worn

throw

threw

thrown

win

won

understand

understood

write

wrote

written

www.ParsBook.org

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:2‬ﺷﺮﻁ‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ )‪: (Conditionals‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻁ )‪ (Condition‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺭﺥ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪if y =10 then 2y =20‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺳﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪IF condition result‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫‪2y =20‬‬

‫‪IF y =10‬‬

‫‪IF condition‬‬

‫‪result‬‬

‫‪2y =20 IF y =10‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ )‪: (First Conditional‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ " ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ " ﻳﺎ "‪ "Real Possibility‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻜﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ‪ Real Possibility‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﻢ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺗﻨﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ؟‬ ‫‪IF condition‬‬ ‫‪result‬‬ ‫‪present simple WILL +base verb‬‬ ‫‪If it rains‬‬ ‫‪I will stay at home.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺑﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻜﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ Will‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻁ‬:2 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

IF condition present simple If I see Mary If Tara is free tomorrow If they do not pass their exam If it rains tomorrow If it rains tomorrow

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

result WILL +base verb I will tell her. he will invite her. their teacher will be sad. will you stay at home? what will you do?

: ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ‬ result WILL +base verb I will tell Mary He will invite Tara Their teacher will be sad Will you stay at home What will you do

IF condition present simple if I see her. if she is free tomorrow. if they do not pass their exam. if it rains tomorrow? if it rains tomorrow?

: ‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬may ‫ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬Shall ، Can ‫ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ‬Will ‫ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬ If you are good today, you can watch TV tonight.

: (Second Conditional) ‫ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ‬ . ‫" ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬Unreal Possibility" ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ "ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ " ﻳﺎ‬ .‫ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﻢ‬،‫ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺗﻲ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ ‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ؟‬Unreal Possibility ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ .‫ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ‬،‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫ )ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺨﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﻲ( ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬Lottery ‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻠﻴﻂ‬ ‫ ﭘﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ‬.‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬Lottery ‫ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻠﻴﻂ‬. ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ‬ .‫ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬.‫ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬،‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ IF condition result past simple WOULD +base verb If I won the lottery I would buy a car.

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬ .Would ‫ ﺍﺯ‬Will ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬ : ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬ IF condition past simple If I married Mary If Ram became rich If it snowed next July If it snowed next July

result WOULD +base verb I would be happy. she would marry him. would you be surprised? what would you do?

www.ParsBook.org

‫ﺷﺮﻁ‬:2 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

result WOULD +base verb I would be happy She would marry Ram Would you be surprised What would you do

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

IF condition past simple if I married Mary. if he became rich. if it snowed next July? if it snowed next July?

:‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬Might ‫ ﻭ‬Should ،Could : ‫ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ‬Would ‫ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬ If I won a million dollars, I could stop working .

: (Third Conditional) ‫ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ‬ . ‫" ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬no Possibility" ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ "ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ " ﻳﺎ‬ .‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ .‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺥ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ؟‬no Possibility ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ .‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺥ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ .‫ )ﺑﺨﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﻲ( ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻳﺪ‬Lottery ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻠﻴﻂ‬ condition result Past Perfect WOULD HAVE +Past Participle If I had won the lottery I would have bought a car.

‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ‬Might Have ‫ ﻭ‬Should Have ،Could Have ‫ ﺍﺯ‬Would Have ‫ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬ :‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‬ If you had bought a Lottery, you might have won .

: ‫ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

IF condition past perfect If I had seen Mary If Tara had been free yesterday If they had not passed their exam If it had rained yesterday If it had rained yesterday

result WOULD HAVE +past participle I would have told her. I would have invited her. their teacher would have been sad. would you have stayed at home? what would you have done?

result WOULD HAVE +past participle I would have told Mary I would have invited Tara Their teacher would have been sad Would you have stayed at home What would you have done

IF condition past perfect if I had seen her. if she had been free yesterday. if they had not passed their exam. if it had rained yesterday? if it had rained yesterday?

www.ParsBook.org

‫ﺷﺮﻁ‬:2 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

: (Conditional Zero) ‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﺻﻔﺮ‬ .‫ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬،‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ؟ ﻳﺦ ﺫﻭﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‬.‫ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﺦ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﻳﺪ‬ :‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬

IF condition result present simple present simple If you heat ice it melts.

.‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻫﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﻻﻏﻴﺮ‬ :‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬When ‫ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ‬If ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬: ‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ‬ When I get up late, I miss my bus .

: ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

IF condition present simple If I miss the 8 o'clock bus If I am late for work If people don't eat If you heat ice result present simple I am late for work My boss gets angry People get hungry Does ice melt

result present simple I am late for work. my boss gets angry. they get hungry. does it melt?

IF condition present simple if I miss the 8 o'clock bus. if I am late for work. if they don't eat. if you heat it?

: ‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ‬ .‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺠﺴﻢ ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ probability 100% 50% 10% 0%

conditional zero conditional first conditional second conditional third conditional

example If you heat ice, it melts. If it rains, I will stay at home. If I won the lottery, I would buy a car. If I had won the lottery, I would have bought a car.

www.ParsBook.org

time any time future future past

‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬:3 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

: (Basic Question Structure) ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬ :‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ auxiliary verb + subject + main verb auxiliary verb subject Do you Are they Will Anthony Have you

main verb like playing go seen

Mary? football? to Tokyo? ET?

:‫ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬ : ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬be ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬ Statement: He is German. Question: Is he German?

: (Basic Question Types) ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬ : ‫ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‬ .‫(ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬Yes/No Questions) ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻲ ﺧﻴﺮ‬ .‫ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‬.(Question Word Questions)‫ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ‬ .‫( ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺴﺖ‬Choice Questions) ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ‬ 1. Yes/No Questions auxiliary verb subject main verb Do Can Has Did

you you she they

want drive? finished go

Answer Yes or No dinner? Yes, I do. No, I can't. her work? Yes, she has. home? No, they didn't.

(‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء! ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬

Is Was

Anne Ram

French? at home?

www.ParsBook.org

Yes, she is. No, he wasn't.

‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬:3 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

2. Question Word Questions question word auxiliary verb subject main verb Where When Who Why

do will did hasn't

you we she Tara

live? have meet? done

Answer Information In Paris. lunch? At 1pm. She met Ram. it? Because she can't.

(‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء! ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬

Where How

is was

3. Choice Questions auxiliary subject verb Do you Will we Did she

main verb want meet go

Bombay? she?

In India. Very well.

OR tea John to London

or or or

coffee? James? New York?

Answer In the question Coffee, please. John. She went to London.

(‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء! ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬

Is Were

your car they

white $15

or or

www.ParsBook.org

black? $50?

It's black. $15.

‫‪26‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻗﺼﺪ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪going to:4‬‬

‫)‪:(Intention‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Going to‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I have won $1,000, I'm going to buy a new TV.‬‬ ‫‪When are you going to go on holiday.‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ )‪: (Prediction‬‬ ‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ‪ Going to‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪The sky is very black, it is going to snow.‬‬ ‫‪It's 8:30 !You're going to miss the train.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ‪ will‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺪﺭﻛﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪It will rain tomorrow.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺑﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺪﺭﻛﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪It's going to rain tomorrow.‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ )‪: (Present continuous for plan‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫)‪ (Future words‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ‪ next week ،tomorrow :‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ In June‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺼﺪ )‪ (going to‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ )‪ (plan‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ‪ going to‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪We're going to paint the bedroom tomorrow.‬‬ ‫‪We're painting the bedroom tomorrow.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺵ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ going to‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ‪ 70‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Mary is taking her music exam next year.‬‬ ‫‪They can't play tennis with you tomorrow, They're working.‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪going to:4‬‬

‫‪27‬‬

‫‪We're going to the theatre on Friday.‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ )‪: (Present Simple for schedule‬‬ ‫ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ ) ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ( ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻥ ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ‪ 100‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪The train leaves New York at 9pm tonight .‬‬ ‫‪Tomorrow is Thursday .‬‬

‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﻨﺪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ "ﺩﻳﺪ" ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻣﺎﺭﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪Don't get up .I'll answer the phone.‬‬

‫‪no plan‬‬

‫‪will‬‬

‫‪0%‬‬

‫‪We're going to watch TV tonight.‬‬

‫‪intention‬‬

‫‪going to‬‬

‫‪70%‬‬

‫‪I'm taking my exam in June.‬‬ ‫‪My plane takes off at 6.00am tomorrow.‬‬

‫‪ plan‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪schedule‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫‪90%‬‬ ‫‪99.999%‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪28‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :5‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ )‪: (Gerunds‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﺎ "‪ "ing‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ )preset participle‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪(.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ ing‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ‪ Gerunds‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Fishing is fun .‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ ing‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ‪present participle‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Anthony is Fishing .‬‬ ‫‪I have a boring teacher .‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ Gerund‬ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺷﻲء ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫)‪:(Gerunds as Subject, Object or Complement‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺷﻲء ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Smoking costs a lot of money.‬‬ ‫‪I don't like writing.‬‬ ‫‪My favorite occupation is reading.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻲء ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ] ‪ [Object +Gerund‬ﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺷﻲء ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Smoking cigarettes costs a lot of money.‬‬ ‫‪I don't like writing letters.‬‬ ‫‪My favorite occupation is reading detective stories.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪) adjective‬ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ‪ -‬ﺻﻔﺖ( ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪The settling of debts.‬‬ ‫‪His drinking of alcohol.‬‬ ‫‪Pointless questioning.‬‬ ‫)‪A settling of debts (not settling debts.‬‬ ‫‪Making "Titanic "was expensive.‬‬ ‫‪The making of "Titanic "was expensive.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫)‪: (Gerunds after Prepositions‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ Gerund‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪I will call you after arriving at the office .‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬:5 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

Please, have a drink before leaving . I am looking forward to meeting you . Do you object to working late? Tara always dreams about going on holiday . :‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ I will call you after arriving at the office . Please have a drink before leaving . I am looking forward to meeting you . Do you object to working late? Tara always dreams about going on holiday . to ‫ ﭘﺲ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬،‫ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬Gerunds ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬driving ‫ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬drive ‫ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ‬ I am used to driving on the left . I used to drive on the left . ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ‬to drive ‫ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻡ‬to ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ‬ .‫ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬to ‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬ : (Gerunds after certain verbs ) ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ‬.‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬ :‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ I want to eat . : ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ I dislike eating . ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ‬.‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬ : ‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬Gerunds admit, appreciate, avoid, carry on, consider, defer, delay, deny, detest, dislike, endure, enjoy, escape, excuse, face, feel like, finish, forgive, give up, can't help, imagine, involve, leave off, mention, mind, miss, postpone, practice, put off, report, resent, risk, can't stand, suggest, understand . : ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ She is considering having a holiday . Do you feel like going out? I can't stand not seeing you . : ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‬ I like to play tennis . I like playing tennis . It started to rain . It started raining .

www.ParsBook.org

‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬:5 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

.‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬ :(Gerunds in Passive sense) ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﻌﻞ‬Gerund ‫ ﺍﺯ‬require ‫ ﻭ‬want،need ‫ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬ :‫ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‬ I have three pants that need washing (needs to be washed). This letter requires signing (needs to be signed). The house wants repainting (needs to be repainted). want ‫ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬.‫ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬Something wants doing ‫ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬ .‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ‬

www.ParsBook.org

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :6‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫‪31‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ )ﺑﻪ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻋﺎﻣﻬﺎﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ )‪: ((Phrasal Verbs‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ "ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ" ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ turn on ،pick up :‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ .get on with‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪) Phrasal Verbs‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ( ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻟﻐﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻐﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ‪ Phrasal verbs‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ get‬ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ get up ،‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻢ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﮕﺮﻳﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪look‬‬ ‫‪direct your eyes in a certain You must look before you‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫‪leap.‬‬ ‫?‪Who is looking after the baby‬‬

‫‪direction‬‬ ‫‪take care of‬‬

‫‪You can look up my number in‬‬ ‫‪the telephone directory.‬‬

‫‪search for and find‬‬ ‫‪information in a reference‬‬ ‫‪book‬‬ ‫‪anticipate with pleasure‬‬

‫‪I look forward to meeting you.‬‬

‫‪look after‬‬

‫‪prepositional verbs‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬

‫‪look up‬‬

‫‪phrasal verbs‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ‬

‫‪look forward to‬‬

‫‪phrasal-prepositional‬‬ ‫‪verbs‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ‪ -‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ )‪: (Phrasal Verbs‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Verb + Adverb‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪examples‬‬

‫‪meaning‬‬

‫‪direct object‬‬

‫‪the meeting.‬‬ ‫‪my offer.‬‬

‫‪rise from bed‬‬ ‫‪I don't like to get up.‬‬ ‫‪cease to function He was late because his‬‬ ‫‪car broke down.‬‬ ‫‪postpone‬‬ ‫‪We will have to put off‬‬ ‫‪refuse‬‬ ‫‪They turned down‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫‪phrasal‬‬ ‫‪verbs‬‬ ‫‪intransitive phrasal get up‬‬ ‫‪verbs‬‬ ‫‪break down‬‬ ‫‪put off‬‬ ‫‪turn down‬‬

‫‪transitive phrasal‬‬ ‫‪verbs‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :6‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫‪32‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺟﺪﺍﺷﺪﻧﻲ )‪: (Separable Phrasal Verbs‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ) ﻳﻚ ﺷﻲء ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪They turn down my offer .‬‬ ‫‪They turn my offer down .‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﺷﻲء‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪direct object‬‬ ‫‪John switched‬‬ ‫‪on‬‬ ‫‪the radio.‬‬ ‫‪pronouns must‬‬ ‫‪These are all possible.‬‬ ‫‪go between the John switched the radio on.‬‬ ‫‪two parts of‬‬ ‫‪John switched it‬‬ ‫‪on.‬‬ ‫‪transitive‬‬ ‫‪John switched‬‬ ‫‪on‬‬ ‫‪it.‬‬ ‫‪This is not possible.‬‬ ‫‪phrasal verbs‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺟﺪﺍﭘﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﭘﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺮﻳﻢ؟‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ look up‬ﺟﺪﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪look (something) up‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ put off‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪put (off (something\somebody‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ )‪: (Prepositional Verbs‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Prepositional+Verb‬‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻲء ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﻲء ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪examples‬‬ ‫‪direct object‬‬ ‫‪have faith in the existence of I believe in‬‬ ‫‪God.‬‬ ‫‪take care of‬‬ ‫‪He is looking after‬‬ ‫‪the dog.‬‬ ‫‪discuss‬‬ ‫‪Did you talk about‬‬ ‫?‪me‬‬ ‫‪await‬‬ ‫‪John is waiting for‬‬ ‫‪Mary.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ )‪ (prepositional verbs‬ﺷﺪﺍﺷﺪﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪meaning‬‬

‫‪prepositional verbs‬‬ ‫‪believe in‬‬ ‫‪look after‬‬ ‫‪talk about‬‬ ‫‪wait for‬‬

‫‪ Who is looking after the baby? This is possible.‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ‬ ‫‪Who is looking the baby after? This is not possible.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪Believe in something)/(somebody :‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫‪33‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :6‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻲء ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ‪ -‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ )‪:(Phrasal-Prepositional Verbs‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪verb + preposition + Adverb‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪examples‬‬ ‫‪direct object‬‬ ‫‪his wife.‬‬

‫‪He doesn't get on‬‬ ‫‪with‬‬ ‫‪I won't put up with‬‬

‫‪meaning‬‬ ‫‪have a friendly relationship‬‬ ‫‪with‬‬ ‫‪tolerate‬‬

‫‪phrasal-prepositional verbs‬‬ ‫‪get on with‬‬

‫‪your‬‬ ‫‪attitude.‬‬ ‫‪look forward to‬‬ ‫‪anticipate with pleasure‬‬ ‫‪I look forward to‬‬ ‫‪seeing you.‬‬ ‫‪run out of‬‬ ‫‪use up, exhaust‬‬ ‫‪We have run out of eggs.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ‪ -‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻲء‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪) prepositional‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ‪ -‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ‪ -‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ Get on with somebody :‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪run out of something‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫‪put up with‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬

‫‪34‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬

‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪: (Past Continuous Tense‬‬ ‫‪ x‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪subject + auxiliary verb (BE‬‬ ‫‪+ main verb‬‬ ‫‪conjugated in simple past tense‬‬ ‫‪present participle‬‬ ‫ﺻﺮﻑ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫‪was‬‬

‫‪base + ing‬‬ ‫‪were‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ not‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪TV.‬‬ ‫‪hard.‬‬ ‫‪Mary.‬‬ ‫?‪silly‬‬ ‫?‪football‬‬

‫‪auxiliary verb‬‬ ‫‪main verb‬‬ ‫‪was‬‬ ‫‪watching‬‬ ‫‪were‬‬ ‫‪working‬‬ ‫‪was‬‬ ‫‪not helping‬‬ ‫‪were‬‬ ‫‪not joking.‬‬ ‫‪you‬‬ ‫‪being‬‬ ‫‪they‬‬ ‫‪playing‬‬

‫‪subject‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪You‬‬ ‫‪He, she, it‬‬ ‫‪We‬‬ ‫‪Were‬‬ ‫‪Were‬‬

‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‬‫‬‫?‬ ‫?‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺮﻭﺯ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻫﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ )‪ (7pm‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ )‪ (9pm‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪future‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬

‫‪At 8pm yesterday, I was watching TV.‬‬ ‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪8pm‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I was working at 10pm last night.‬‬ ‫‪They were not playing football at 9am this morning.‬‬ ‫‪What were you doing at 8pm last night.‬‬ ‫?‪What were you doing when he arrived‬‬ ‫‪She was cooking when I telephoned her.‬‬ ‫‪We were having dinner when it started to rain.‬‬ ‫‪Ram went home early because it was snowing.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪" James Bond was driving through town. It was raining. The wind was blowing‬‬ ‫‪hard. Nobody was walking in the streets. Suddenly, Bond saw the killer in a‬‬ ‫"‪telephone box...‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪ +‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺭﺥ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ when‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ while‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪1- long action: watching TV (expressed with past continuous tense).‬‬ ‫‪2- short action: telephoned (expressed with simple past tense).‬‬ ‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪I was watching TV at 8pm.‬‬ ‫‪8pm‬‬ ‫‪You telephoned at 8pm.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ‪ when‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I was watching TV when you telephoned.‬‬ ‫) ﺩﻗﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ‪ when‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺯﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻪ‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﺻﺒﺢ(‬ ‫ﻃﺮﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ when‬ﻭ ‪:while‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

when + short action (simple past tense). while + long action (past continuous tense). :‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬while ‫ ﻭ‬when ‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ‬ I was walking past the car when it exploded. When the car exploded

I was walking past it.

The car exploded

while I was walking past it.

While I was walking past the car

it exploded.

:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‬long action ‫ ﻭ‬short action ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬ .‫ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ‬،Telephoned ،‫ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺸﺪ‬، Watching TV .‫ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻡ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ‬،Exploded ،‫ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺸﺪ‬، Walking past the car

: (Past Perfect Continuous Tense) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

:‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬x subject + auxiliary verb HAVE

+ auxiliary verb BE past participle

+ main verb

conjugated in simple past present tense participle had been base + ing ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬.‫ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬not ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ‬ :‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬

+ + ? ?

subject auxiliary verb I had

auxiliary verb main verb been working.

You

had

been

had

playing

tennis.

not been

working

well.

had

not been

expecting

her.

Had

you

been

drinking?

Had

they

been

waiting

long?

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ .‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬

www.ParsBook.org

‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

I had been

I'd been

you had been

you'd been

he had she had been it had been

he'd been she'd been it'd been

we had been

we'd been

they had been they'd been

:‫ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬x ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ‬ :‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬.‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ Ram started waiting at 9am. I arrived at 11am. When I arrived, Ram had been waiting for two hours. waiting at 9am. I arrived at 11am. When I arrived, Ram had been waiting for two hours. Ram had been waiting for two hours when I arrived. past present future Ram starts waiting in past at 9am. 9 11 I arrive in past at 11am. :‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬ John was very tired. He had been running. I could smell cigarettes. Somebody had been smoking. Had the pilot been drinking before the crash? ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ :‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ‬ :‫ ﺭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‬.‫ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‬Ram ‫ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ‬11 ‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ I am angry. I have been waiting for two hours. :‫ﻓﺮﺩﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﺪ‬ Ram was angry. He had been waiting for two hours.

: (Past Perfect Tense) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬ :‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬x :‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

www.ParsBook.org

‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

subject + auxiliary verb HAVE + main verb conjugated in simple past tense past participle had V3 ‫ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ‬not ، ‫ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬had ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬ :‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‬

+ + ? ?

subject auxiliary verb I had

main verb finished my work.

You

had

stopped

She

had

not gone

had

not left.

Had

you

arrived?

Had

they

eaten

before me. to school.

dinner?

:‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‬ I had I'd you had you'd he had he'd she had she'd it had it'd we had we'd they had they'd ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬. ‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‬would ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬had ‫' ﻫﻢ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ‬d ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ‬ ‫ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﭘﻲ‬We would ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ‬had We ‫ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬We'd :‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬ We had arrived. (past participle) We would arrive. (base)

:‫ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬x ‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬.‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ :‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬.‫( ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬past in past) The train left at 9am. We arrived at 9:15am. When we arrived, the train had left. The train had left when we arrived. past present future Train leaves in past at 9am. 9 9.15 We arrive in past at 9.15am.

www.ParsBook.org

‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

:‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ I wasn't hungry. I had just eaten. They were hungry. They had not eaten for five hours. I didn't know who he was. I had never seem him before. Mary wasn't at home when I arrived. Really? where had she gone? ‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬ .‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬ :‫ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‬.‫ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‬9:15 ‫ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬.‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺯﻧﻴﻢ‬ You are too late. The train has left. (present perfect tense). :‫ﻓﺮﺩﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﺪ‬ We were too late. The train had left. (past perfect tense). : ‫ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ‬، (reported speech) ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺷﻲ‬ told, said, asked, thought, wondered: He told us that the train had left. I thought, I had met her before. But I was wrong. He explained that he had closed the window because of the rain. I wondered if I had been there before. I asked them why they had not finished.

: (Simple Past Tense) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬ .‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬Preterit ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬

:‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬x .‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬did ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬ :‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ V1 base regular verb work explode like irregular go verb see sing

V2 past worked exploded liked went saw sang

V3 past participle worked exploded liked gone seen sung You do not need the past participle form to make the simple past tense. It is shown here for completeness only.

www.ParsBook.org

The past form for all regular verbs ends in -ed. The past form for irregular verbs is variable. You need to learn it by heart.

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪subject + main verb (base‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪subject + auxiliary verb (did) + not + main verb (base‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪auxiliary verb (did) + subject + main verb (base‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ‪ did‬ﺻﺮﻓﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ )‪ (is not conjugated‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﭼﻪ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ‪ did‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ go‬ﻭ ‪ work‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪subject auxiliary verb‬‬ ‫‪main verb‬‬ ‫‪+ I‬‬ ‫‪went‬‬ ‫‪to school.‬‬ ‫‪You‬‬ ‫‪worked‬‬ ‫‪very hard.‬‬ ‫‪- She‬‬ ‫‪did‬‬ ‫‪not go‬‬ ‫‪with me.‬‬ ‫‪We‬‬ ‫‪did‬‬ ‫‪not work‬‬ ‫‪yesterday.‬‬ ‫‪? Did‬‬ ‫‪you‬‬ ‫‪go‬‬ ‫?‪to London‬‬ ‫‪Did‬‬ ‫‪they‬‬ ‫‪work‬‬ ‫?‪at home‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء! ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ be to‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ to be‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ did‬ﻛﻪ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺻﺮﻑ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .( we were, she|he| it, was ,you were ,I was).‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪to be‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ‪ did‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪subject‬‬ ‫‪main verb‬‬ ‫‪+ I, he/she/it‬‬ ‫‪was‬‬ ‫‪here.‬‬ ‫‪You, we, they were‬‬ ‫‪in London.‬‬ ‫‪- I, he/she/it‬‬ ‫‪was‬‬ ‫‪not there.‬‬ ‫‪You, we, they were‬‬ ‫‪not happy.‬‬ ‫‪? Was‬‬ ‫‪I, he/she/it‬‬ ‫?‪right‬‬ ‫‪Were‬‬ ‫‪you, we, they‬‬ ‫?‪late‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪The car exploded at 9.30am yesterday.‬‬ ‫‪She went to the door.‬‬ ‫‪We did not hear the telephone.‬‬ ‫?‪Did you see that car‬‬ ‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬ ‫‪The action is in the past.‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫‪41‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪future‬‬

‫‪I lived in Bangkok for 10 years.‬‬ ‫‪The Jurassic period lasted about 62 million years.‬‬ ‫‪We did not sing at the concert.‬‬ ‫?‪Did you watch TV last night‬‬ ‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬

‫‪The action is in the past.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺻﻼ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ) ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪He didn't like the movie.‬‬ ‫‪I lived in that house when I was young.‬‬ ‫?‪What did you eat for dinner‬‬ ‫‪John drove to London on Monday.‬‬ ‫‪Mary did not go to work yesterday.‬‬ ‫‪We were not late. (for the train).‬‬ ‫?‪Were you angry‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻩ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ( ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻜﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪"The wind was howling around the hotel [past continuous tense], and the rain‬‬ ‫‪was pouring down. The door opened and James Bond entered. He took out his‬‬ ‫‪coat, witch was very wet and ordered a drink at the bar. He sat down at the‬‬ ‫"‪corner of the lounge and quietly drank his...‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬

‫‪42‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ) ‪: (Present Continuous Tense‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪ (present continuous‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ )‪ (progressive tense‬ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪:.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪subject + auxiliary verb (be) + main verb (base + ing‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪main verb‬‬ ‫‪speaking to you.‬‬

‫‪subject auxiliary verb‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪am‬‬

‫‪reading‬‬

‫‪are‬‬

‫‪You‬‬

‫‪in London.‬‬

‫‪not staying‬‬

‫‪is‬‬

‫‪She‬‬

‫‪football.‬‬

‫‪not playing‬‬

‫‪are‬‬

‫‪We‬‬

‫?‪TV‬‬

‫‪watching‬‬

‫‪he‬‬

‫‪Is‬‬

‫?‪for John‬‬

‫‪waiting‬‬

‫‪they‬‬

‫‪Are‬‬

‫‪this.‬‬

‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‬‫‬‫?‬ ‫?‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ x‬ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ x‬ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎ ﺍﻻﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬

‫‪future‬‬

‫‪I am eating my lunch.‬‬ ‫‪past‬‬

‫‪The action is happening now.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪...the numbers are spinning.‬‬

‫‪...the candle is burning.‬‬

‫‪...the pages are turning.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪) .‬ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ(‬ ‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬

‫‪43‬‬

‫‪John is going out with Mary.‬‬ ‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬

‫‪future‬‬

‫‪The action is happening‬‬ ‫‪around now.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Muriel is learning to drive.‬‬ ‫‪I am leaving with my sister, until I find an apartment.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ‪:‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ )ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ( ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ )‪ (future word‬ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺰﺍﻳﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺁ‪‬ﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪tomorrow, next :‬‬ ‫‪ week, in June‬ﻭ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪) .‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ(‬ ‫‪future‬‬

‫‪I am taking my exam next month.‬‬ ‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫!!!‬ ‫‪A firm plan or program‬‬ ‫‪exists now.‬‬

‫‪The action is in the‬‬ ‫‪future.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪We're eating in the restaurant tonight. We've already booked the table.‬‬ ‫‪They can play tennis with you tomorrow. They're not working.‬‬ ‫?‪When are you starting your new job‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ )‪ (firm plan‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪ ing‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺠﻲ )‪ (Spell‬ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ‪ ing‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭﻳﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺠﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

(‫ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ) ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‬ing ‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬

work --> working play --> playing assist --> assisting see --> seeing be --> being .‫ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬+ ‫ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺻﺪﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﻱ‬+ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻣﺼﺪﺭ( ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ‬

consonant

stressed vowel

consonant

(vowels = a, e, i, o, u) stop --> stopping run --> running begin --> beginning .‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ open ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ‬

lie die come mistake

--> opening .‫ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ‬y ‫ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ‬ie ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ --> lying --> dying .‫ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬e ،‫ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‬e + ‫ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ‬+ ‫ﺍﮔﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺻﺪﺍﺩﺍﺭ‬ --> -->

coming mistaking

: (Perfect Continuous Tense Present ) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

: ‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‬x subject + auxiliary verb (have, has) + auxiliary verb (been) + main verb (base + ing) :‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

+ + ? ?

subject auxiliary verb auxiliary verb main verb I have been waiting for one hour. You have been talking too much. It has not been raining. We have not been playing football. Have you been seeing her? Have they been doing their homework? : ‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ‬

www.ParsBook.org

‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ :‫ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ) ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ( ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‬،‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ I have been I've been You have been You've been He has been He's been She has been She's been It has been It's been John has been John's been The car has been The car's been We have been We've been They have been They've been :‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ I've been reading. You've been talking too much.

:‫ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬x :‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬.‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬ (An action that has just stopped or recently stopped) ‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ‬-1

:‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺯﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ‬ I'm tired because I've been running. past present future !!! Recent action. Result now. I'm tired [now], I've been running. Why are the grasses wet [now]? Has it been raining? You don't understand [now], because you haven't been listening. (An action continuing up to now) ‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬-2 for ‫ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬since ‫ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬ .‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ I have been reading for 2 hours. past present future Action started in past. Action is continuing now. I've been reading for two hours. [ I'm still reading now] We've been studying since 9 o'clock. [ We're still studying now] How long have you been learning English? [ You are still learning now] We have not been smoking. [ And we are not smoking now] ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﻚ‬.‫ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬6 ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬2،‫ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬5 :‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ‬for ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ .‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

www.ParsBook.org

‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ ﺩﺭ‬.‫ ﻳﻜﻢ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬،9 ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬:‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ‬since ‫ﺍﺯ‬ (‫) ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬.‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ for since a period of time a point in past time x-----------20 minutes 6.15pm three days Monday 6 months January 4 years 1994 2 centuries 1800 a long time I left school ever the beginning of time etc etc : ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ I have been studying for 3 hours. I have been watching TV since 7pm. Tara hasn't been feeling well for 2 weeks. Tara hasn't been visiting us since march. He has been playing football for a long time. He has been living in New York since he left school. .‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬since ‫ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ‬for ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬ .‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬present perfect progressive ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬

: (Present Perfect Tense ) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬ :‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬x : ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ subject + auxiliary verb (have) + main verb (past participle) :‫ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ subject auxiliary verb main verb + I have seen ET. + You have eaten mine. - She has not been to Rome. - We have not played football. ? Have you finished? ? Have they done it? : ‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ :‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺎﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‬.‫ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬

www.ParsBook.org

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪47‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬

‫‪I have‬‬ ‫‪I've‬‬ ‫‪You have‬‬ ‫‪You've‬‬ ‫‪He has‬‬ ‫‪He's‬‬ ‫‪She has‬‬ ‫‪She's‬‬ ‫‪It has‬‬ ‫‪It's‬‬ ‫‪John has‬‬ ‫‪John's‬‬ ‫‪The car has The car's‬‬ ‫‪We have‬‬ ‫‪We've‬‬ ‫‪They have They've‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ‪ 's‬ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ‪ have‬ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ be‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ It's eaten‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ It has eaten‬ﻭ ﻫﻢ ‪ It is eaten‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﻛﻲ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ) ‪(experience‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ )‪(change‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ) ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ()‪(continuing situation‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪I have seen ET.‬‬ ‫‪He has lived in Bangkok.‬‬ ‫?‪Have you been there‬‬ ‫‪We have never eaten caviar.‬‬ ‫‪past‬‬

‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬ ‫!!!‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺫﻫﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‬ ‫‪The action or state was in‬‬ ‫‪In my head, I have a memory‬‬ ‫‪the past‬‬ ‫‪now‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺫﻫﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ )ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻲ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬

‫‪48‬‬

‫‪future‬‬

‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻻﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‬

‫‪future‬‬

‫‪present‬‬ ‫‬‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻻﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‬

‫‪I have bought a car.‬‬ ‫‪past‬‬ ‫‬‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪John has broken his leg.‬‬ ‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺮﻭﺯ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩ‬

‫?‪Has the price gone up‬‬ ‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‬‫ﺩﻳﺮﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﻣﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﺼﺪ ﺗﻮﻣﻨﻪ؟‬

‫‪future‬‬

‫‪The police have arrested the killer.‬‬ ‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‬‫‪+‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻻﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﺮﻭﺯ ﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺯﺩ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ) .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪ " Did you have lunch" :‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‬ ‫" ‪" Have you had lunch‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ) ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ(‪ .‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ )‪ (state‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ )‪ (action‬ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ‪ For‬ﻭ ‪ Since‬ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I have worked here since June.‬‬ ‫‪He has been ill for 2 days.‬‬ ‫?‪How long have you known Tara‬‬ ‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬

‫‪future‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

‫ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻻﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺥ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬

‫‪49‬‬

‫‪ For x‬ﻭ ‪ Since‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ‪ for‬ﻭ ‪ since‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ for‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ 5 :‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‪2،‬ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ 6‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ‪ since‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ ،9‬ﻳﻜﻢ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ).‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ(‬ ‫‪for‬‬ ‫‪since‬‬ ‫‪a period of time a point in past time‬‬ ‫‪x-----------‬‬‫‪20 minutes‬‬ ‫‪6.15pm‬‬ ‫‪three days‬‬ ‫‪Monday‬‬ ‫‪6 months‬‬ ‫‪January‬‬ ‫‪4 years‬‬ ‫‪1994‬‬ ‫‪2 centuries‬‬ ‫‪1800‬‬ ‫‪a long time‬‬ ‫‪I left school‬‬ ‫‪ever‬‬ ‫‪the beginning of time‬‬ ‫‪etc‬‬ ‫‪etc‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I have been here for 20 minutes.‬‬ ‫‪I have been here since 9 o'clock.‬‬ ‫‪John hasn't called for six months.‬‬ ‫‪John hasn't called since February.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ for :‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ‪ since‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )‪: (Simple Present Tense‬‬ ‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ (The action is general) .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪I am not fat :‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ).‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ) ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ(‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪The moon goes round the earth :‬‬ ‫‪John drives a taxi.‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬

‫‪future‬‬

‫‪past‬‬

‫‪It is John's job to drive a taxi. He does it every day. Past, present and future.‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪ +‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﮐﻤﮑﯽ ‪ +‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫****‬

‫‪Subject + Auxiliary verb + Main verb‬‬

‫ﺳﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

.‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬-1 .‫ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬s ‫ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬es ‫( ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬she, it ,he) ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬-2 .‫ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ‬to be ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬-3

+ ?

subject auxiliary verb main verb I, you, we, they like coffee. He, she, it likes coffee. I, you, we, they do not like coffee. He, she, it does not like coffee. Do I, you, we, they like coffee? Does he, she, it like coffee? !‫ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬،‫ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬to be ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬

+ ?

subject I You, we, they He, she, it I You, we, they He, she, it Am Are Is

main verb am French. are French. is French. am not old. are not old. is not old. I late? you, we, they late? he, she, it late?

:‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ I live in New York. The moon goes round the earth. John drives a taxi. We do not work at night. Do you play football? ‫ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬to be ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‬:‫ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬to be ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ : ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ Am I right? Tara is not at home. You are happy. past

present future .‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

www.ParsBook.org

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬

‫‪51‬‬

‫‪I am not fat.‬‬ ‫?‪Why are you so beautiful‬‬ ‫‪Ram is tall.‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬

‫‪present‬‬

‫‪past‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﺣﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ(‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ z،ss،s،X،sh،ch‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ o‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﺷﺎﻥ ‪ es‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪).‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ(‪:‬‬ ‫‪She watches TV.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ y‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﺑﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ‪ y‬ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺣﺮﻑ‬ ‫‪ y‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻪ ‪ i‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ‪ es‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪He studies.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

: (Future Continuous Tense) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬ :‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬x subject + auxiliary verb WILL + auxiliary verb BE + main verb invariable invariable present participle will be base + ing ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ‬.‫ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬not ‫ ﻳﻚ‬be ‫ ﻭ‬will ‫ ﺑﻴﻦ‬، ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ‬ :‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬.‫ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬will ‫ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ‬

+ + ? ?

subject auxiliary verb I will

auxiliary verb be

main verb working

You

will

lying

She

will

not be

using

on a beach tomorrow. the car.

will

not be

having

dinner at home.

Will

you

playing

football?

Will

they

watching

TV?

at 10am.

‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ‬will ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ‬ :‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ I will I'll you will you'll he will he'll she will she'll it will it'll we will we'll they will they'll :‫ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬won't ‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬not ‫ ﻭ‬will ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ‬ I will not I won't you will not you won't he will not he won't she will not she won't it will not it won't we will not we won't they will not they won't .we ‫ ﻭ‬I ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬.‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬will ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬shall ‫ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺯ‬:‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬

www.ParsBook.org

‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

:‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬

‫ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬، ‫ ﻋﻤﻞ‬.‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ :‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺵ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ Tomorrow I will start work at 2pm and stop work at 6pm. At 4pm tomorrow, I will be working. past present future 4pm At 4pm, I will be in the middle of working. ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﻪ‬ :‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ I will be playing tennis at 10am tomorrow. They won't be watching TV at 9pm tonight. What will you be doing at 10 pm tonight? What will you be doing when I arrive? [tomorrow]? She will not be sleeping when you telephone her. We will be having dinner when the film starts. Take your umbrella, it will be raining when you return.

: (Future Perfect Continuous Tense) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

:‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬x subject + auxiliary verb WILL

+ auxiliary verb HAVE

+ auxiliary verb BE

invariable

past participle

will

have

been

+ main verb

present participle base + ing

‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬.‫ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬not ‫ ﻳﻚ‬، have ‫ ﻭ‬will ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬ :‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬will ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ‬

subject auxiliary verb I will

auxiliary verb have

auxiliary verb been

main verb working

You

will

have

been

travelling

? ?

She

will

not have

been

using

for four hours. for two days. the car.

will

not have

been

waiting

long.

Will

you

have

been

playing

football?

Will

they

have

been

watching

TV?

‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‬will ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ‬ :‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ‬

www.ParsBook.org

‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

I will I'll you will you'll he will he'll she will she'll it will it'll we will we'll they will they'll :‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬won't ‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬not ‫ ﻭ‬will ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ‬ I will not I won't you will not you won't he will not he won't she will not she won't it will not it won't we will not we won't they will not they won't

:‫ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬x ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ‬.‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ :‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ I will have been working here for ten years next week. He will be tired when he arrives. He will have been travelling for 24 hours.

: (Future Perfect Tense) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬ :‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬x subject

+ auxiliary verb WILL invariable will subject

auxiliary verb HAVE invariable have

main verb past participle V3 :‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ main verb

+ I

auxiliary verb will

auxiliary verb have

+ You

will

have

forgotten

will

not

have

gone

will you they

not

have have have

left. arrived? received

She

- We ? Will ? Will

www.ParsBook.org

finished

by 10am. me by then. to school.

it?

‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ ﺭﺍ‬have ‫ ﻭ‬will ،‫ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬will ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﮔﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ‬ :‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ I will have I'll have I'll've you will have you'll have you'll've he will have he'll have he'll've she will have she'll have she'll've it will have it'll have it'll've we will have we'll have we'll've they will have they'll have they'll've .we ‫ ﻭ‬I ‫ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬، ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬will ‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬shall ‫ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ‬: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬

:‫ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬x ‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ‬.‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ :‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬.‫ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬ The train will leave the station at 9am. You will arrive at the station at 9:15am. So: When you arrive the train will have left. The train will have left when you arrive. past present future Train leaves in future at 9am. 9 9.15 You arrive in future at 9.15am. :‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ You can call me at work at 8am. I will have arrived at the office by 8am. They will be tired when they arrive. They will not have slept for a long time. "Marry won't be at home when you arrive". Really? Where will she have gone? ‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬ :‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ present perfect tense | have | done | >| past now

future

future perfect tense will | have | done | >| past now

future

: (Simple Future Tense) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬ .‫ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﻢ‬will ‫ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ‬،‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬will ‫ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬x www.ParsBook.org

‫‪56‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪subject + auxiliary verb WILL + main verb‬‬ ‫‪invariable‬‬ ‫‪base‬‬ ‫‪will‬‬ ‫‪V1‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ not‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪auxiliary verb‬‬ ‫‪main verb‬‬ ‫‪will‬‬ ‫‪open‬‬ ‫‪the door.‬‬ ‫‪will‬‬ ‫‪finish‬‬ ‫‪before me.‬‬ ‫‪will‬‬ ‫‪not be‬‬ ‫‪at school tomorrow.‬‬ ‫‪will‬‬ ‫‪not leave‬‬ ‫‪yet.‬‬ ‫‪you‬‬ ‫‪arrive‬‬ ‫?‪on time‬‬ ‫‪they‬‬ ‫‪want‬‬ ‫?‪dinner‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬

‫‪subject‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪You‬‬ ‫‪She‬‬ ‫‪We‬‬ ‫‪Will‬‬ ‫‪Will‬‬

‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‬‫‬‫?‬ ‫?‬

‫‪I will‬‬ ‫‪I'll‬‬ ‫‪you will you'll‬‬ ‫‪he will‬‬ ‫‪he'll‬‬ ‫‪she will she'll‬‬ ‫‪it will‬‬ ‫‪it'll‬‬ ‫‪we will we'll‬‬ ‫‪they will they'll‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ‪ ، not‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ‪ not‬ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ) ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺭ ‪ (will‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I won't‬‬ ‫‪you won't‬‬ ‫‪he won't‬‬ ‫‪she won't‬‬ ‫‪it won't‬‬ ‫‪we won't‬‬ ‫‪they won't‬‬

‫‪I will not‬‬ ‫‪you will not‬‬ ‫‪he will not‬‬ ‫‪she will not‬‬ ‫‪it will not‬‬ ‫‪we will not‬‬ ‫‪they will not‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫)ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪(No Plan‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺿﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Hold on, I'll get a pen.‬‬ ‫‪I will see, What I can do to help you.‬‬ ‫‪Maybe, we'll stay in and watch television tonight.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ to think‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪57‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬

‫‪I think I'll go to the gym (gymnasium) tomorrow.‬‬ ‫‪I think I'll have a holiday next year.‬‬ ‫‪I don't think I'll buy that car.‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﻳﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫)ﻣﺤﻜﻢ( ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪It will rain tomorrow.‬‬ ‫‪People won't go to the Jupiter before 22nd Century.‬‬ ‫?‪Who do you think will get the job‬‬ ‫‪Be‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ be‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I will be in London tomorrow.‬‬ ‫‪I'm going shopping. I won't be very long.‬‬ ‫‪Will you be at work tomorrow.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ going to‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

: food ! ."#$ % & ' (things) 45 / 0 1 (-6 7 , ) Happiness . *+ , -! ! / 0 1 23 ( 23 ) / 0 1 / (4 8 4 ) Human being 0 Happiness *+ , -! ." $

:"#$ /1 :" # 9 ; 6 ! /8 ."#$ 0 1 <! = > ? Person : man, woman, teacher, Mary, John. Place : home, office, town, country, America, mosque ... thing : table, car, banana, money, music, love, dog, monkey. Love /<# B 8 ."D#E - 45 love / @ A B C ' / . ' : ; ! ; ? F$ G >H 8 I ( ?" J + - ) ? (it's Ending ) 45 4 + ; ? F$ 8 (Position) 45 E 9 7! (Functions) 45 ( ) /F K

(Noun Endings) 4 + x . L6 45 4 8 ?"# 4 H / B / @ 8 G>H! 4 + ! A "#1 ity > nationality ment > management ness > happiness ation > relation hood > childhood -! Q ful 8 spoonful : :& ! 4 #% /8 M 7N - + O P -! 8 - + 6 P A /$ 6 . A #1 0 careful FN / -6 P

(Position in Sentence) E 9 7! x . G >H 45 /@ B / -$ 9 ! ; 4 -! ! R@3 this, that, ,a, an : ! ? FN "# 5 -! (determiner) ? FN ; " 8 S ! ... such, my a relief an afternoon the doctor this word my house

www.ParsBook.org

such stupidity :"# 5 -! FN "#1 ; " 8 S ! a great relief a peaceful afternoon the tall, Indian doctor this difficult word my brown and white house [my brown white house] such crass stupidity

(Functions) /F K x :" /@ B -U>H! /F K subject of verb : Doctors work hard. object of verb : He likes coffee. subject and object of verb : teachers teach students. (pronoun) V "# -! /<@8 ."#$ /@ B (object) O" (subject ) % ' /H : "# ! ."# 8 /$ "P # ! / "# E -! W @ ; - E /8 phrase ."# 8 (phrase) W % -6 doctor : My doctor works hard : /@ B . phrasal verb / run down ." 8 -! My doctor % '

8 9 3 :(Countable Nouns, Uncountable Nouns) ."## -! 8 9 3 -! R6 9 R@3 -! - @I 4 8;

: x . , "# ! H8 5 -! / "#$ - 0 1 5 ."#$ - # 8 9 - 5 /8 -! "#1 ; . 8 /$ , A "#1 -! H8 , -! ! :" # -! ?" H! dog, cat, animal, man, person bottle, box, liter coin, note, dollar cup, plate, folk table, chair, suitcase, bag :"# 8 (plural)X B (singular) F! "# -! My dog is playing. My dogs are hungry. (indefinite article) . # ? F$ an a ? < O P ; -! -! 8 A dog is an animal. a, the, my, : ! / @ 45 ? " 8 $P -! /8 F! W N /8 - / -! I# ." 8 .. this I want an orange. (not I want orange)

www.ParsBook.org

Where is my bottle? (not where is bottle) ? F$ 8 9 - # /8 ? C ' W @ /8 ; /8 X B W N /8 - / -! I# -6 : I like oranges. Bottles can break. : ? F$ 0 any some ; -! 8 ? I've got some dollars. Have you got any pen? : # ? F$ 8 ? 0 many a few ; -! A 8 ? Y% I've got a few dollars. I haven't got many pens. Q ! -! ! ." 8 -! person L6 X B 6 P . Q ! # ! /8 people : /$< : H8 There is one person here. There is three people here.

: 8 9 3 x H>8 /8 45 $ / "# 8 I 0 1 Q F! ? ! Z "# -! 8 9 3 \8 -6 . H8 - (milk) ! & ! 4 #% /8 .( H8 45 $ ) # [ 0D! :" # 9 8 9 3 -! ; & ! "#1 /8 ; . 8 9 (bottles of milk) music, art, love, happiness. advice, information, news. furniture, luggage. rice, sugar, butter, water. electricity, gas, power. money, currency. : # -! ? F$ 0 F! ' ; . -! $' F! "# ! 8 9 3 8 S ! This news is very important. your luggage looks heavy. - & ! 4 #% /8 . # - ? F$ an a ? < O P ; S ! 8 9 3 8 # ? F$ a something of 6 P ; -! -6 "a news " "an information" : I8 : ! a piece of news. a bottle of water. a grain of rice. . # ? F$ 8 9 3 -! 8 ? -! any some I've got some money. Have you got any rice? : ? F$ 8 9 3 8 ? 4 -! 0 much a little ; I've got a little money.

www.ParsBook.org

I haven't got much rice. . -! /$FE 0 ( - B ) mass nouns 8 9 3 /8 : /$<

:"# 8 8 9 3 "# -! / -

.-# ! L 8 E /$ 6 ." 8 8 9 3 " -! W 9 - E Countable There are two hairs in my coffee! There are two lights in our bedroom.

hair light

Shhhhh! I thought I heard a noise.

noise

Uncountable I don't have much hair. Close the curtain. There's too much light! It's difficult to work when there is too much noise. I want to draw a picture. Have you got some paper? Is there room for me to sit here? Have you got time for a coffee? I have no money. I need work!

Have you got a paper to read? paper (= newspaper) Our house has seven rooms. room We had a great time at the party. time Macbeth is one of Shakespeare's greatest work works. - D#' 4 6 /8 E -6 "#$ 8 9 3 S ! (... ? 9 5 ) " : /$< (4 $ Y !) I8 -! # -! <' - " Two teas and one coffee please.

: (Proper Nouns) G>H! 4 <! G> ! 7N 8 ! / (-! ) / @ (proper noun) G>H! 0 -! / " 8 /$ /B . Sony London Marie John : ! 8 -! /8 ... 4 !; :" -N , ?"% 9 G>H! ."#U>H! / "#$ -N , ][' -6 common noun man, boy woman, girl country, town company shop, restaurant month, day of the week book, film

proper noun John Mary England, London Ford, Sony Maceys, McDonalds January, Sunday War & Peace, Titanic

:G>H! 8 ^ 08 O P E /8 x - _ A ! = > ! A . -! ^08 O P 8 G>H! & O P /H :" # /B ; 6 ! /8 ." 8 -! ! /$F ; They like John.

www.ParsBook.org

I live in England. She works for Sony. The last day in January is a Monday. We saw Titanic in the Odeon Cinema

:The 4 "8 G>H!

:& ! 4 #% /8 . # - ? F$ The O P ; = > Q 8 first names Bill (not *the Bill) Hilary surnames Clinton Gates full names Hilary Gates : The /8 ; - _ Q 8 & ! ` /8 Renault, Ford, Sony, EnglishClub.com General Motors, Air France, British Airways Warner Brothers, Brown & Son Ltd /8 ; "# 8 G> 8 /J #1 "#$ -U> /8 a@ \! / - <! $ ?; L! 8 : The shops banks hotels, restaurants churches, cathedrals

Harrods, Marks & Spencer, Maceys Barclays Bank Steveâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Hotel, Joeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s CafĂŠ, McDonalds St Johnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Church, St Peterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Cathedral ." 8 - The /8 ; 0 4 <! 8 S !

towns Washington (not *the Washington), Paris, Tokyo states, regions Texas, Kent, Eastern Europe countries England, Italy, Brazil continents Asia, Europe, North America islands Corsica mountains Everest 8 45 " 8 Republic State, Kingdom W @ ; -< H Q / - N : # $ : 8 -! <8 the states the United States, the US, the United States of America, the USA kingdom the United Kingdom, the UK republic the French Republic . # - ? F$ The ; E 9 .... President, Doctor, Mr W L6 ; -< Q ; 9 /J #1 the president, the king the captain, the detective the doctor, the professor my uncle, your aunt

President Bush (not *the President Bush) Captain Kirk, Detective Colombo Doctor Well, Dr Well, Professor Dolittle Uncle Jack, Aunt Jill Mr Gates (not *the Mr Gates), Mrs Clinton, Miss Black

www.ParsBook.org

:" # /B ; 6 ! /8 I wanted to speak to the doctor. I wanted to speak to doctor Brown. Who was the president before president Kennedy. . 8 /8 The " 0 " 8 ? /1 8 ? Mount Lake / -$6 P the lake Lake Victoria the mount Mount Everest :" # /B ; /@ B /8 We live beside Lake Victoria. We have a fantastic view across the lake. . ? F$ The ; " 0 ... + ? 1 A ! 8 , ? B 8 & ! ` /8 streets etc Oxford Street, Trenholme Road, Fifth Avenue squares etc Trafalgar Square, Oundle Place, Piccadilly Circus parks etc Central Park, Kew Gardens Kennedy Airport ! ?" <H / @ "#1 ; S ! ! -@ , A ! $, . 8 - /8 The O P 0 W N A " 8 - <! G> Q & / @ /J #1 people Kennedy Airport, Alexander Palace, St Paulâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Cathedral places Heathrow Airport, Waterloo Station, Edinburgh Castle

:The 8 G>H! x -! ... State, Kingdom, Republic 9 ; - @ ! 4 H! / - H -! 8 S ! . # -! ? F$ 0 The ; States the United States of America/the USA Kingdom the United Kingdom/the UK Republic the French Republic : # -! ? F$ The ; 0 9 / , (canals) 85 8 S ! canals rivers seas oceans

the Suez Canal the River Nile, the Nile the Mediterranean Sea, the Mediterranean the Pacific Ocean, the Pacific : # -! ? F$ The ; 0 A ! = > X B -! 8 S !

people (families, for example) countries island groups mountain ranges

the Clintons the Philippines, the United States the Virgin Islands, the British Isles the Himalayas, the Alps :" # /B ; WY B /8 I saw the Clintons today, It was Bill's birthday. Trinidad is the largest island in the West Indies. Mount Everest is in the Himalaya. : # -! ? F$ The ; 0 ; Z 8 & ! ` /8

www.ParsBook.org

hotels, restaurants the Ritz Hotel, the Peking Restaurant banks the National Westminster Bank cinemas, theatres the Royal Theatre, the ABC Cinema museums the British Museum, the National Gallery buildings the White House, the Crystal Palace newspapers the Daily Telegraph, the Sunday Post organisations the United Nations, the BBC, the European Union : # -! ? F$ The ; 0 " -! of 8 / - 8 S ! The Tower of London. The Gulf of Fars. The London School of Economics. The Bank of France. The Statue of Liberty.

.(" -! 0 1 G> /8 A$ a@ / -$6 P) / 6 O b! -<@! : .(Possessive 's) /8 8 F! /J #1 a@ I 0 1 G> /8 0 1 / " H , -! / -! I# :& ! 4 #% /8 . 0' -! " ' " !Y% # 8 X B /J #1 " 's " !Y% 45 $ the boy's ball. (one boy) the boys' ball. (two or more boys) one ball more than one ball one boy the boy's ball the boy's balls more than one boy the boys' ball the boys' balls : <8 0 W % 8 " -! 8 ? Y% <6 ! ? 7 A The man next door's mother ( The mother of the man next door ) The Queen of England's dogs. . & ! " 's " c O $ +5 4 8 /8 -6 ? F$ -! 0 of ; <6 ! 8 /1 E The books of my sister. My sister's book.

( Q ) G>H! : # -! ? F$ 8 's ; X9 ! $H 8 This is Mary's car. Where is Ram's telephone? Who took Anthony's pen? I like Tara's hair. : # -! $' F! ! 45 8 S ! -! $, s 8 -! / -! I# This is Charles's chair. O ! - "9 -! 8 S ! ) . # /' V " ' " O $ +5 # / B 0 4 <! A /$ 6 (. -! /8 6 P A

www.ParsBook.org

Who was Jesus' father?

: ?"d 9 -8 X B : # -! A " 's " c O $ +5 ; ? F$ 8 S ! ?"d 9 -8 <6 ! 4 4 H 8 singular noun my child's dog the man's work the mouse's cage a person's clothes

plural noun my children's dog the men's work the mice's cage people's clothes

www.ParsBook.org

‫‪66‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :9‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎ ) ‪:( Adjectives‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ I like Chinese food :‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪ .It is hard :‬ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﻢ‪A beautiful young French lady :‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﺎ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ) ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ‬ ‫‪ A large Impressive, house‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪.A mansion :‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )‪:(Determiners‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‪ .the, an, my, some :‬ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ )‪(Article‬‬ ‫‪the ,a, an‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻜﻲ )ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻴﺖ( ﻳﺎ )‪(Possessive Adjectives‬‬ ‫‪their ,my, you, his, her, our‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪every ,each‬‬ ‫‪neither ,either‬‬ ‫‪no ,any, some‬‬ ‫‪most ,much, many, more‬‬ ‫‪least ,little, less‬‬ ‫‪fewest ,few, fewer‬‬ ‫‪whichever ,what, whatever, which‬‬ ‫‪all ,both, half‬‬ ‫‪several‬‬ ‫‪enough‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ An،A‬ﻭﻳﺎ ‪The‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )‪ (Determiner‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪.(Determiners are adjective or modifier that limits a noun) :‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪67‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :9‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ a dog‬ﻭ ﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪the dog‬؟ ﺑﻪ ‪ a, an‬ﻭ ‪ the‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ )‪ (articles‬ﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻪ )‪ (definite‬ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻜﺮﻩ )‪ (Indefinite‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Articles‬‬ ‫‪Definite Indefinite‬‬ ‫‪the‬‬ ‫‪a, an‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ The ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ a‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ an‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I saw the moon last night.‬‬ ‫‪I saw a star last night.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪the‬‬ ‫‪a, an‬‬ ‫‪The capital of France is Paris.‬‬ ‫‪I was born in a town.‬‬ ‫‪I have found the book that I lost.‬‬ ‫‪John had an omelette for lunch.‬‬ ‫‪James Bond ordered a drink.‬‬ ‫?‪Have you cleaned the car‬‬ ‫‪There are six eggs in the fridge.‬‬ ‫‪We want to buy an umbrella.‬‬ ‫?‪Please switch off the TV when you finish. Have you got a pen‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ‪ the, a‬ﻭ ‪ an‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ) We want to buy an umbrella.‬ﻫﺮ ﭼﺘﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﭼﺘﺮ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ(‬ ‫? ‪ ) Where is the umbrella‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭼﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ(‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻙ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪ the, a‬ﻭ ‪ an‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪A man and a woman were walking in Oxford Street. The woman saw a dress that‬‬ ‫‪she liked in a shop. She asked the man if he could buy the dress for her. He said:‬‬ ‫"‪"Do you think the shop will accept a cheque? I don't have a credit card.‬‬

‫‪ Each x‬ﻭ ‪Every‬‬ ‫‪ each‬ﻭ ‪ every‬ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ‪ each .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ‪ every‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﺲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ )ﻳﻜﺠﺎ( ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Every artist is sensitive.‬‬ ‫‪Each artist sees things differently.‬‬ ‫‪Every soldier saluted as the President arrived.‬‬ ‫‪The President gave each soldier a medal.‬‬ ‫‪ each‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ ﺻﻔﺖ‬:9 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

The soldiers each received a medal. :‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‬of ‫ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬each The president spoke to each of the soldiers. He gave a medal to each of them. :‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‬each ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬.‫ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‬every He was carrying a suitcase in each hand. :‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍﺩ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‬every There is a plane to Bangkog every day. The bus leaves every hour. .‫ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‬every ‫ ﻭ‬each ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ‬: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬

Any ‫ ﻭ‬Some

.‫ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻢ‬،‫ = ﻳﻚ ﻛﻢ‬Some .‫ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ‬،‫ = ﻳﻜﻲ‬Any .‫ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬Any ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬Some ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ‬ some + I have some money. -

any

example situation I have $10.

I don't have any I don't have $1 and I don't have $10 and I money. don't have $1,000,000. I have $0. ? Do you have any Do you have $1 or $10 or $1,000,000? money? ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬Any ‫ ﻭ‬Some ‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬Somebody\Anybody ‫ ﻭ‬Something\Anything ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺯ‬:‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬ (.‫ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬،‫ )ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ :‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ He needs some stamps. I must go. I have some homework to do. I'm thirsty. I want something to drink. I can see somebody coming. He doesn't need any stamps. I can stay. I don't have any homework to do. I'm not thirsty. I don't want anything to drink. I can't see anybody coming. Does he need any stamps? Do you have any homework to do? Do you want anything to drink? Can you see anybody coming? :‫ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬Any ‫ﺍﺯ‬ I refused to give them any money. ( I did not give them any money)

www.ParsBook.org

‫‪69‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :9‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫)‪She finished the test without any difficulty. ( She did not have any difficulty‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ‪ Some‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺒﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪):‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ (‬ ‫?‪Would you like some more tea‬‬ ‫?‪Could I have some sugar please‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ )‪: (Adjective orders‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪adj. noun verb adj.‬‬ ‫‪1 I like big cars.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪My car is‬‬ ‫‪big.‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ‪(Adjective before nouns) :‬‬

‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I like big black dogs.‬‬ ‫‪She was wearing a beautiful long red dress.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻛﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ -1 :‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ) ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﺷﺖ ﻭ ‪ -2 (...‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ‪(...‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ )‪:(Opinion‬‬ ‫‪She has a nice French car.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ )‪:(Fact‬‬ ‫‪She has a nice French car.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ )‪ ، (size‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ )‪ ، (age‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ ، (shape‬ﺭﻧﮓ )‪ ، (color‬ﺟﻨﺴﻴﺖ )‪ (material‬ﻭ ﺍﺻﻠﻴﺖ )‪:(origin‬‬ ‫‪A big, old, square, brown, wooden Chinese table.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ )ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ( ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ) ‪: (article adjectives‬‬ ‫‪A , The‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ) ‪: (possessive adjectives‬‬ ‫‪my, your,....‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ) ‪(demonstrative adjectives‬‬ ‫‪this, that‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻤ‪‬ﻲ )‪(quantifier adjectives‬‬ ‫‪some, any, few, many‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ ﺻﻔﺖ‬:9 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

(numbers) ‫ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬ one, two,... :‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ adjectives noun deter- opinion fact miner age shape colour two nice old round red candles :‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬and ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬ Many newspapers are black and white. She was wearing a long blue an yellow dress. ‫ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬،‫ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﮕﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬ :‫ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ :‫ﻝ‬‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ A: " I want to buy a round table. " B: " Do you want a new round table or an old round table? " :‫ﻡ‬‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﺩﻭ‬ A: " I want to buy an old table. " B: " Do you want a round old table or a square old table? "

(verbs Adjective after certain ) ‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ‬

:‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ (subject+ verb + adjective ):‫ ﺻﻔﺖ‬+ ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬+ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬ Ram is English. Because she had to wait, she became impatient. Is it getting dark? The examination did not seem difficult. Your friend looks nice. This towel feels damp. That new film doesn't sound very interesting. Dinner smells good tonight. This milk tastes sour.

: (Comparative Adjectives) ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬.‫ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬،‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ .‫ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ .‫ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬:‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬ .‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬big ‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺻﻔﺖ‬bigger ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ‬

www.ParsBook.org

‫‪71‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪A2‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :9‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫‪A1‬‬

‫‪A1 is bigger than A2.‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ )‪ :(adjectives short‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ‪ er‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ )‪ : (adjectives long‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ‪.more‬‬ ‫‪Short adjectives‬‬ ‫‪ old, fast‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ )ﺗﻚ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ(‬ ‫‪ happy, easy‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ )ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ( ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ old > older‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ‪ er‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ late > later‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ e‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺰﺍﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ big > bigger‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ happy > happier‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﺪ‪ y ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ i‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Long adjectives‬‬ ‫‪ modern, pleasant‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ expensive, intellectual‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ modern > more modern‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪.more‬‬ ‫‪expensive > more‬‬ ‫‪expensive‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪good ≡> better‬‬ ‫‪well (healthy) ≡> better‬‬ ‫‪bad ≡> worse‬‬ ‫‪far ≡> farther/further‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ‪ er‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ more‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪quiet ≡> quieter/more quiet‬‬ ‫‪clever ≡> cleverer/more clever‬‬ ‫‪narrow ≡> narrower/more narrow‬‬ ‫‪simple ≡> simpler/more simple‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ) ﻧﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ(‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :9‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫‪72‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ )‪ (comparative adjectives‬ﺑﺎ ‪ then‬ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪John is 1.80meter. He is tall. But Chris is 1.85meter. He is taller than John.‬‬ ‫‪America is big. But Russia is bigger.‬‬ ‫‪I want to have a more powerful computer.‬‬ ‫?‪Is French more difficult than English‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻳﺦ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Earth Mars‬‬ ‫‪12,760 6,790 Mars is smaller than Earth.‬‬ ‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪228‬‬ ‫‪Mars is more distant from the Sun.‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬

‫‪24‬‬

‫)‪Diameter (km‬‬ ‫‪Distance from Sun‬‬ ‫)‪(million km‬‬ ‫)‪Length of day (hours‬‬

‫‪A day on Mars is slightly longer than a‬‬ ‫‪day on Earth.‬‬ ‫‪Moons‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Mars has more moons than Earth.‬‬ ‫‪Surface temperature (°C) 22‬‬ ‫‪-23‬‬ ‫‪Mars is colder than Earth.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ) ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺍﻭﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Mt Everest is higher than all other mountains.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ )‪(Superlative Adjectives‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ‪ biggest‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ ‪ big‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪C‬‬

‫‪AB‬‬

‫‪A is the biggest.‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ )‪ : (short adjectives‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ≡< ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ‪ est‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ )‪ : (long adjectives‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ≡< ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪.most‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ‪ the‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫‪73‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :9‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫‪Short adjectives‬‬ ‫‪ old, fast‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ )ﺗﻚ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ(‬ ‫‪ happy, easy‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ )ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ( ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ old > the oldest‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ‪ est‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ late > the latest‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ e‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ‪st‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺰﺍﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ big > the biggest‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺍﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ happy > the happiest‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﺪ‪ y ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ i‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Long adjectives‬‬ ‫‪ modern, pleasant‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ expensive, intellectual‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ modern > the most modern‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪.most‬‬ ‫‪expensive > the most‬‬ ‫‪expensive‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ‪ est‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ most‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪quiet ≡> the quietest/most quiet‬‬ ‫‪clever ≡> the cleverest/most clever‬‬ ‫‪narrow ≡> the narrowest/most narrow‬‬ ‫‪simple ≡> the simplest/most simple‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪good ≡> the best‬‬ ‫‪bad ≡> the worst‬‬ ‫‪far ≡> the furthest‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪John is 1.75meter. David is 1.80meter. Chris is 1.85meter. Chris is the tallest.‬‬ ‫‪Canada, China and Russia are big countries. But Russia is the biggest.‬‬ ‫‪Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )‪ ،(earth‬ﻣﺮﻳﺦ )‪ (mars‬ﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻱ )‪ (jupiter‬ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﻢ‪:‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ ﺻﻔﺖ‬:9 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

Earth Mars Jupiter 12,760 6,790 142,800 Jupiter is the biggest.

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

Diameter (km) Dis150 228 778 Jupiter is the most distant tance from Sun from the Sun. (million km) Length of day (hours) 24 25 10 Jupiter has the shortest day. Moons 1 2 16 Jupiter has the most moons. Surface temp. 22 -23 -150 Jupiter is the coldest. (°C) :‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬the ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬:‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬ England is coldest in winter. (not the coldest) My boss is most generous when we get a big order. (not the most generous)

www.ParsBook.org

:10

:(Pronouns) V .("# -! ? ! e ! /8 ) -! /8 B /8 /@ B / -<1 / @ V he, you, ours, themselves, some, each , etc : "# ! "#$ - @ V . # < -+ -+ -! , 7N 8 D! ? I 5 " B V 4 8; "d 9 E : " B V / ? 8 45 8 f ' & ! A " # /B ; & ! /8 Do you like the president? I don't like the president. The president is too pompous. : I8 -! V B 8 / - N Do you like the president? I don't like him. He is too pompous.

:(Personal Pronouns) -U> V 8) ?" ? 5 0 -<@! W FN & "B A ." # -! ?" H! -U> V 6 ; & "B ." # / [! -U> V 8 5 ( E 6 :& "B A ? F$ ! W @ V = pronouns " = number (" 8 -! ... G> Qh G> &h 4 e#!) G> = person #B = gender ?"## % ' = subject

- = object -<@! = possessive subject 4 % ' /8 ?"## ? = reflexive -<@! W FN = possessive adjectives male 4 2! e#! = m female 4 j i! e#! = f

www.ParsBook.org

:10

number

person gender*

singular

1st 2nd 3rd

plural

1st 2nd 3rd

m/f m/f m f n m/f m/f m/f/n

subject pronoun object possessive reflexive possessive adjective

pronouns subject object possessive I me mine you you yours he him his she her hers it it its we us ours you you yours they them theirs

possessive adjectives reflexive myself my yourself your himself his herself her itself its ourselves our yourselves your themselves their :" # /B ; 6 ! /8

She likes homework. The teacher gave me some homework. This homework is yours. John did the homework himself. The teacher corrected our homework.

www.ParsBook.org

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪77‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:11‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ )‪:(Propositions list‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ proposition :‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 150‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ‪ to ،of‬ﻭ ‪ in‬ﺟﺰء ﺩﻩ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻜﺸﻨﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪aboard‬‬ ‫‪considering‬‬ ‫‪per‬‬ ‫‪about‬‬ ‫‪despite‬‬ ‫‪plus‬‬ ‫‪above‬‬ ‫‪down‬‬ ‫‪regarding‬‬ ‫‪across‬‬ ‫‪during‬‬ ‫‪round‬‬ ‫‪after‬‬ ‫‪except‬‬ ‫‪save‬‬ ‫‪against‬‬ ‫‪excepting‬‬ ‫‪since‬‬ ‫‪along‬‬ ‫‪excluding‬‬ ‫‪than‬‬ ‫‪amid‬‬ ‫‪following‬‬ ‫‪through‬‬ ‫‪among‬‬ ‫‪for‬‬ ‫‪to‬‬ ‫‪anti‬‬ ‫‪from‬‬ ‫‪toward‬‬ ‫‪around‬‬ ‫‪in‬‬ ‫‪towards‬‬ ‫‪as‬‬ ‫‪inside‬‬ ‫‪under‬‬ ‫‪at‬‬ ‫‪into‬‬ ‫‪underneath‬‬ ‫‪before‬‬ ‫‪like‬‬ ‫‪unlike‬‬ ‫‪behind‬‬ ‫‪minus‬‬ ‫‪until‬‬ ‫‪below‬‬ ‫‪near‬‬ ‫‪up‬‬ ‫‪beneath‬‬ ‫‪of‬‬ ‫‪upon‬‬ ‫‪beside‬‬ ‫‪off‬‬ ‫‪versus‬‬ ‫‪besides‬‬ ‫‪on‬‬ ‫‪via‬‬ ‫‪between‬‬ ‫‪onto‬‬ ‫‪with‬‬ ‫‪beyond‬‬ ‫‪opposite‬‬ ‫‪within‬‬ ‫‪but‬‬ ‫‪outside‬‬ ‫‪without‬‬ ‫‪by‬‬ ‫‪over‬‬ ‫‪concerning‬‬ ‫‪past‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪78‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :12‬ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﻌﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫‪hate, like, love, need, prefer, want, wish‬‬ ‫‪believe, imagine, know, mean, realize, recognize, remember, suppose,‬‬ ‫‪understand‬‬ ‫‪belong, concern, consist, contain, depend, involve, matter, need, owe, own,‬‬ ‫‪possess‬‬ ‫‪appear, resemble, seem,‬‬ ‫‪hear, see‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I want a coffee.‬‬ ‫‪not I am wanting a coffee.‬‬ ‫‪I don't believe you are right. not I am not believing you are right.‬‬ ‫?‪Does this pen belong to you? not Is this pen belonging to you‬‬ ‫‪It seemed wrong.‬‬ ‫‪not It was seeming wrong.‬‬ ‫‪I don't hear anything.‬‬ ‫‪not I am not hearing anything.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪ see‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ hear‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ can‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪I can see someone in the distance. (not I am seeing someone in the distance‬‬ ‫)‪I can't hear you very well. (not I am not hearing you very well‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ to think‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪I think Ricky Martin is sexy.‬‬ ‫‪I am thinking about my homework.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﻌﻞ‪ to think‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ "ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ" ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ to think‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ "ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ" ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ParsBook.org‬‬

‫ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﻌﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬:12 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ‬stative ،‫ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬to think ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬ .‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‬ .‫ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‬dynamic ، ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻛﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬to think ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‬ ‫ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ) ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ‬ (‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬ :‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ Stative sense Dynamic sense (no real action) (a kind of action) Simple only Continuous Simple I think she is Be quiet. I'm thinking. I will think about this beautiful. problem tomorrow. I don't consider that We are considering your job We consider every job he is the right man for application and will give you our application very the job. answer in a few days. carefully. This table measures 4 She is measuring the room for a A good carpenter x 6 feet. new carpet. measures his wood carefully. Does the wine taste I was tasting the wine when I I always taste wine good? dropped the glass. before I drink it. Mary has three Please phone later. We are We have dinner at children. having dinner now. 8pm every day.

:‫ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬be ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫( ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬Mary is learning English) ‫ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬be ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬ :‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬، be ‫( ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ‬Mary is French)‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ :‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‬.‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬be ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻌﻞ‬ London is the capital of UK. ( not London is being the capital of UK) Is she beautiful? (not Is she being beautiful?) Were you late? (not Were you being late?) ‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻓﻌﻞ‬. ‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﻢ‬be ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻓﻌﻞ‬ . (behave or act) ‫ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﻋﻤﻞ‬be :‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

www.ParsBook.org

‫ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﻌﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬:12 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

Mary is a careful person. (Mary is always careful - it's her nature.)

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

John is being careful. (John is acting carefully now, but maybe he is not always careful - we don't know.) They were being really stupid. (They were behaving really stupidly at that moment.) Why is he being so selfish? (Why is he acting so selfishly at the moment?)

Is he always so stupid? (Is that his personality?) Andrew is not usually selfish. (It is not Andrew's character to be selfish.) :‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬be ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻓﻌﻞ‬ I am being You are being He, she, it is being We are being They are being .‫" ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻗﺎﻳﻠﻴﻢ‬to be being sick"‫" ﻭ‬to be sick" ‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ (‫ ) ﺍﻭ ﺍﻻﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺶ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬She is sick. (‫ ) ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﻣﻴﺸﻪ‬She is being sick.